blob: 423657e3cd6f21f40824045b73dc3bcb21763726 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +000016#include "SemaInit.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000018#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +000020#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000023#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +000024#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregorbf3af052008-11-13 20:12:29 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000027#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwinf42e4a62009-08-24 13:25:12 +000028#include <cstdio>
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000029
30namespace clang {
31
32/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
33/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000034ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000035GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
36 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
37 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
38 ICC_Identity,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
41 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +000042 ICC_Identity,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000043 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
44 ICC_Promotion,
45 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000046 ICC_Promotion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
48 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000049 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
53 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000055 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000056 ICC_Conversion
57 };
58 return Category[(int)Kind];
59}
60
61/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
62/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
63ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
64 static const ImplicitConversionRank
65 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
70 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +000071 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000072 ICR_Promotion,
73 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000074 ICR_Promotion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000077 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
80 ICR_Conversion,
81 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000082 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000083 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000084 ICR_Conversion
85 };
86 return Rank[(int)Kind];
87}
88
89/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
90/// implicit conversion.
91const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
Nuno Lopes2550d702009-12-23 17:49:57 +000092 static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000093 "No conversion",
94 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
95 "Array-to-pointer",
96 "Function-to-pointer",
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +000097 "Noreturn adjustment",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000098 "Qualification",
99 "Integral promotion",
100 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000101 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000102 "Integral conversion",
103 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000104 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000105 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000106 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000107 "Pointer conversion",
108 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000109 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000110 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000111 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000112 };
113 return Name[Kind];
114}
115
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000116/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
117/// sequence to the identity conversion.
118void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
119 First = ICK_Identity;
120 Second = ICK_Identity;
121 Third = ICK_Identity;
122 Deprecated = false;
123 ReferenceBinding = false;
124 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000125 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000126 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000127}
128
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000129/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
130/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
131/// implicit conversions.
132ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
133 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
134 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
135 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
136 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
137 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
138 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
139 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
140 return Rank;
141}
142
143/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
144/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000145/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000146/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000147bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000148 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
149 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
150
151 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
152 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
153 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
154 // a pointer.
155 if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +0000156 (FromType->isPointerType() || FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000157 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
158 return true;
159
160 return false;
161}
162
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000163/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
164/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
165/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
166/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000167bool
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000168StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000169isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000170 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
171 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
172
173 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
174 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
175 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
176 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
177 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
178
Douglas Gregor01919692009-12-13 21:37:05 +0000179 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000180 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000181 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
182
183 return false;
184}
185
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000186/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
187/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
188void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
189 bool PrintedSomething = false;
190 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
191 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(First));
192 PrintedSomething = true;
193 }
194
195 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
196 if (PrintedSomething) {
197 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
198 }
199 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Second));
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000200
201 if (CopyConstructor) {
202 fprintf(stderr, " (by copy constructor)");
203 } else if (DirectBinding) {
204 fprintf(stderr, " (direct reference binding)");
205 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
206 fprintf(stderr, " (reference binding)");
207 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000208 PrintedSomething = true;
209 }
210
211 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
212 if (PrintedSomething) {
213 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
214 }
215 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Third));
216 PrintedSomething = true;
217 }
218
219 if (!PrintedSomething) {
220 fprintf(stderr, "No conversions required");
221 }
222}
223
224/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
225/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
226void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
227 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
228 Before.DebugPrint();
229 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
230 }
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000231 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", ConversionFunction->getNameAsString().c_str());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000232 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
233 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
234 After.DebugPrint();
235 }
236}
237
238/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
239/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
240void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
241 switch (ConversionKind) {
242 case StandardConversion:
243 fprintf(stderr, "Standard conversion: ");
244 Standard.DebugPrint();
245 break;
246 case UserDefinedConversion:
247 fprintf(stderr, "User-defined conversion: ");
248 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
249 break;
250 case EllipsisConversion:
251 fprintf(stderr, "Ellipsis conversion");
252 break;
253 case BadConversion:
254 fprintf(stderr, "Bad conversion");
255 break;
256 }
257
258 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
259}
260
261// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000262// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
263// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
264// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
265// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000266// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
267// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
268// top of the underlying declaration.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000269//
270// Example: Given the following input:
271//
272// void f(int, float); // #1
273// void f(int, int); // #2
274// int f(int, int); // #3
275//
276// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000277// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000278//
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000279// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
280// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
281// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
282// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000283//
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000284// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
285// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
286// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
287// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000288// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
289// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000290Sema::OverloadKind
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000291Sema::CheckOverload(FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
292 NamedDecl *&Match) {
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000293 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000294 I != E; ++I) {
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000295 NamedDecl *OldD = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
296 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000297 if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl())) {
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000298 Match = *I;
299 return Ovl_Match;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000300 }
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000301 } else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000302 if (!IsOverload(New, OldF)) {
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000303 Match = *I;
304 return Ovl_Match;
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000305 }
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000306 } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
307 // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
308 // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
309 assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
310 } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
311 // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
312 // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
313 // template instantiation.
314 } else {
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000315 // (C++ 13p1):
316 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
317 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000318 Match = *I;
319 return Ovl_NonFunction;
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000320 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000321 }
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000322
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000323 return Ovl_Overload;
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000324}
325
326bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
327 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
328 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
329
330 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
331 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
332 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
333 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
334 return true;
335
336 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
337 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
338 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
339
340 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
341 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
342 // in the signature, they are overloads.
343
344 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
345 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
346 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
347 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
348 return false;
349
350 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
351 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
352
353 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
354 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
355 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
356 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
357 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
358 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
359 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
360 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
361 return true;
362
363 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
364 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
365 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
366 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
367 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
368 // signature.
369 //
370 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
371 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
372 if (NewTemplate &&
373 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
374 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
375 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
376 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
377 return true;
378
379 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
380 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
381 //
382 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
383 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
384 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
385 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
386 // can be overloaded.
387 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
388 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
389 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
390 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
391 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
392 return true;
393
394 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
395 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000396}
397
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000398/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
399/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
400/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
401/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000402///
403/// void f(float f);
404/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
405///
406/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
407/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
408/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
409/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
410//
411/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
412/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
413/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
414/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
415/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000416///
417/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
418/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000419/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
420/// permitted.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000421/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
422/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000423/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
424/// cast.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000425ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson2974b5c2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000426Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
427 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000428 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000429 bool InOverloadResolution,
430 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000431 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000432 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000433 OverloadingResult UserDefResult = OR_Success;
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000434 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000435 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000436 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000437 (UserDefResult = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType,
438 ICS.UserDefined,
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000439 Conversions,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000440 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000441 ForceRValue, UserCast)) == OR_Success) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000442 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000443 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
444 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
445 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
446 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
447 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
448 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
449 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000451 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000452 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000453 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
454 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +0000455 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
Douglas Gregor0d6d12b2009-12-22 00:21:20 +0000456 (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000457 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
458 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000459 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
460 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
461 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = From->getType().getAsOpaquePtr();
462 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000463 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000464 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000465 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
466 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000467 }
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000468
469 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
470 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
471 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
472 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
473 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
474 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
475 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
476 if (SuppressUserConversions &&
477 ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion)
478 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000479 } else {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000480 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000481 if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous) {
482 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
483 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +0000484 if (Cand->Viable)
485 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.push_back(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000486 }
487 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000488
489 return ICS;
490}
491
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000492/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
493/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
494static bool IsNoReturnConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
495 QualType ToType, QualType &ResultTy) {
496 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
497 return false;
498
499 // Strip the noreturn off the type we're converting from; noreturn can
500 // safely be removed.
501 FromType = Context.getNoReturnType(FromType, false);
502 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
503 return false;
504
505 ResultTy = FromType;
506 return true;
507}
508
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000509/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
510/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
511/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
512/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
513/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
514/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
515/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
516/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000517bool
518Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000519 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000520 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000521 QualType FromType = From->getType();
522
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000523 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000524 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000525 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000526 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000527 SCS.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000528 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000529
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000530 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000531 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000532 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
533 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
534 return false;
535
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000536 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000537 }
538
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000539 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
540 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
541 // (C++ 4p1).
542
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000543 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000544 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
545 // converted to an rvalue.
546 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000547 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000548 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000549 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000550 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000551
552 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
553 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000554 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
555 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000556 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000557 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
558 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000559 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000560
561 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
562 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
563 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
564 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
565
566 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
567 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000568 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000569
570 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
571 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
572 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
573 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000574 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
575 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
576 SCS.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
577 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000578 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000579 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
580 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000581 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000582
583 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
584 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
585 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
586 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000587 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000588 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000589 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000590 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
591
592 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
593 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
594 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000595 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
596 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
597 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
598 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000599 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
600 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
601 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
602 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
603 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
604 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
605 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
606 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
607 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
608 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
609 } else
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000610 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000611 } else {
612 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000613 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000614 }
615
616 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
617 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
618 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
619 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000620 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
621 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000622 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000623 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000624 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
625 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000626 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000627 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000628 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000629 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000630 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000631 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
632 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000633 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000634 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000635 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
636 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000637 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
638 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000639 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000640 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000641 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
642 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000643 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000644 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000645 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
646 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000647 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000648 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000649 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
650 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000651 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
652 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000653 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
654 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
655 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000656 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000657 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
658 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
659 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000660 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000661 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000662 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
663 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
664 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000665 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
666 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000667 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
668 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000669 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000670 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000671 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000672 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
673 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000674 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000675 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000676 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
677 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
678 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
Fariborz Jahanian1f7711d2009-12-11 21:23:13 +0000679 FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000680 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
681 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
682 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
683 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000684 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000685 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000686 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000687 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
688 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000689 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000690 } else if (IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
691 // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
692 SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000693 } else {
694 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000695 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000696 }
697
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000698 QualType CanonFrom;
699 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000700 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000701 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000702 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000703 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000704 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
705 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000706 } else {
707 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000708 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
709
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000710 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000711 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
712 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
713 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000714 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000716 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
717 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
718 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000719 FromType = ToType;
720 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
721 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000722 }
723
724 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
725 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000726 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000727 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000728
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000729 SCS.ToTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
730 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000731}
732
733/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
734/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
735/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
736/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000737bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000738 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlf7be9442008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000739 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000740 if (!To) {
741 return false;
742 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000743
744 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
745 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
746 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
747 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
748 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000749 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000750 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
751 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
752 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
753 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000754 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000755 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000756 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000757 }
758
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000759 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
760 }
761
762 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
763 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
764 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
765 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000766
767 // We pre-calculate the promotion type for enum types.
768 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>())
769 if (ToType->isIntegerType())
770 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
771 FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
772
773 if (FromType->isWideCharType() && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000774 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
775 // unsigned.
776 bool FromIsSigned;
777 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000778
779 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
780 FromIsSigned = true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000781
782 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
783 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000784 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
785 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000786 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
787 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000788 };
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000789 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000790 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
791 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000792 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000793 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
794 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
795 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
796 // promotion.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000797 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000798 }
799 }
800 }
801
802 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
803 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
804 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
805 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
806 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
807 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
808 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000809 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
810 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000811 using llvm::APSInt;
812 if (From)
813 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000814 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000815 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
816 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
817 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
818 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000819
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000820 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
821 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
822 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
823 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
824 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000825
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000826 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
827 // that fits into an unsigned int?
828 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
829 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
830 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000831
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000832 return false;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000833 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000834 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000835
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000836 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
837 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000838 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000839 return true;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000840 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000841
842 return false;
843}
844
845/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
846/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
847/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000848bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000849 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
850 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000851 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
852 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000853 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
854 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
855 return true;
856
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000857 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
858 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
859 // double is promoted to long double [...].
860 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
861 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
862 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
863 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
864 return true;
865 }
866
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000867 return false;
868}
869
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000870/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
871///
872/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
873/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000874/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000875bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000876 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000877 if (!FromComplex)
878 return false;
879
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000880 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000881 if (!ToComplex)
882 return false;
883
884 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000885 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
886 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
887 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000888}
889
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000890/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
891/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
892/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
893/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
894/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895static QualType
896BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000897 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
898 ASTContext &Context) {
899 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
900 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000901 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000902
903 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000904 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000905 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000906 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000907 return ToType;
908
909 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
910 // already.
911 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
912 }
913
914 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000915 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000916 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
917 Quals));
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000918}
919
Fariborz Jahanianadcfab12009-12-16 23:13:33 +0000920/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
921/// the FromType, which is an objective-c pointer, to ToType, which may or may
922/// not have the right set of qualifiers.
923static QualType
924BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(QualType FromType,
925 QualType ToType,
926 ASTContext &Context) {
927 QualType CanonFromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
928 QualType CanonToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
929 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromType.getQualifiers();
930
931 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
932 if (CanonToType.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals)
933 return ToType;
934
935 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
936 return Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
937}
938
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000939static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000940 bool InOverloadResolution,
941 ASTContext &Context) {
942 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
943 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
944 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
945 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
946 return !InOverloadResolution;
947
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000948 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
949 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
950 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000951}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000952
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000953/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
954/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
955/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
956/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
957/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
958/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000959///
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000960/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
961/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
962/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
963/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
964/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
965/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000966/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
967/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
968/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000969bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000970 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000971 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000972 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000973 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000974 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
975 return true;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000976
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
978 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000979 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor27b09ac2008-12-22 20:51:52 +0000980 ConvertedType = ToType;
981 return true;
982 }
983
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000984 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
985 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000986 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000987 ConvertedType = ToType;
988 return true;
989 }
990 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
991 // pointer type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000992 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000993 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000994 ConvertedType = ToType;
995 return true;
996 }
997
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000998 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
999 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001000 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001001 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001002 ConvertedType = ToType;
1003 return true;
1004 }
1005
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001006 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001007 if (!ToTypePtr)
1008 return false;
1009
1010 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001011 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001012 ConvertedType = ToType;
1013 return true;
1014 }
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001015
Fariborz Jahanianadcfab12009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001016 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
1017 // , including objective-c pointers.
1018 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
1019 if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
1020 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(FromType,
1021 ToType, Context);
1022 return true;
1023
1024 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001025 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001026 if (!FromTypePtr)
1027 return false;
1028
1029 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001030
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001031 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
1032 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
1033 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregorbad0e652009-03-24 20:32:41 +00001034 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001035 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001036 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001037 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001038 return true;
1039 }
1040
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001041 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
1042 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001043 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001044 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001045 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001046 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001047 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001048 return true;
1049 }
1050
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001051 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052 //
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001053 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
1054 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
1055 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
1056 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
1057 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
1058 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
1059 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
1060 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
1061 //
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001062 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
1063 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001064 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1065 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregor2685eab2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001066 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001067 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001068 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001069 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001070 ToType, Context);
1071 return true;
1072 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001073
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001074 return false;
1075}
1076
1077/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1078/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1079/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001080bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001081 QualType& ConvertedType,
1082 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1083 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1084 return false;
1085
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001086 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001087 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001088 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001089 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001090
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001091 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001092 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001093 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001094 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001095 ConvertedType = ToType;
1096 return true;
1097 }
1098 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001099 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001100 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001101 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001102 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001103 ConvertedType = ToType;
1104 return true;
1105 }
1106 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1107 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1108 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1109 ConvertedType = ToType;
1110 return true;
1111 }
1112
1113 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1114 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1115 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1116 // complain about it.
1117 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1118 ConvertedType = FromType;
1119 return true;
1120 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001121 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001122 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001123 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001124 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001125 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001126 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001127 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1128 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001129 return false;
1130
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001131 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001132 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001133 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001134 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001135 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1136 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001137 return false;
1138
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001139 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1140 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1141 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1142 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1143 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1144 // We always complain about this conversion.
1145 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1146 ConvertedType = ToType;
1147 return true;
1148 }
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001149 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001150 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1151 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1152 // complain about it).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001153 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001154 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001155 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001156 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001157 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1158 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1159 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1160 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1161 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1162 return false;
1163
1164 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1165 // function types are obviously different.
1166 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1167 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1168 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1169 return false;
1170
1171 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1172 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1173 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1174 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1175 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1176 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1177 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1178 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1179 HasObjCConversion = true;
1180 } else {
1181 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1182 return false;
1183 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001184
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001185 // Check argument types.
1186 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1187 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1188 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1189 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1190 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1191 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1192 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1193 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1194 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1195 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1196 HasObjCConversion = true;
1197 } else {
1198 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1199 return false;
1200 }
1201 }
1202
1203 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1204 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1205 // conversion, but complain about it.
1206 ConvertedType = ToType;
1207 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1208 return true;
1209 }
1210 }
1211
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001212 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001213}
1214
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001215/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1216/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001217/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001218/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1219/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1220/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001221bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001222 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1223 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001224 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1225
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001226 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1227 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001228 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1229 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregordda78892008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001230
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001231 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1232 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1233 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1234 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001235 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1236 From->getExprLoc(),
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001237 From->getSourceRange(),
1238 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001239 return true;
1240
1241 // The conversion was successful.
1242 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001243 }
1244 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001245 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001246 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001247 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001248 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001249 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1250 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1251 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001252 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001253 return false;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001254
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001255 }
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001256 return false;
1257}
1258
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001259/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1260/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1261/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1262/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1263/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1264bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001265 QualType ToType,
1266 bool InOverloadResolution,
1267 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001268 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001269 if (!ToTypePtr)
1270 return false;
1271
1272 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001273 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1274 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1275 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001276 ConvertedType = ToType;
1277 return true;
1278 }
1279
1280 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001281 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001282 if (!FromTypePtr)
1283 return false;
1284
1285 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1286 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1287 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1288 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1289 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1290
1291 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1292 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1293 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1294 return true;
1295 }
1296
1297 return false;
1298}
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001299
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001300/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1301/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1302/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1303/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1304/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1305/// otherwise.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001306bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001307 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1308 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
1309 (void)IgnoreBaseAccess;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001310 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001311 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001312 if (!FromPtrType) {
1313 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001314 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1315 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001316 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1317 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001318 return false;
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001319 }
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001320
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001321 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001322 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1323 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001324
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001325 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1326 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001327
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001328 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1329 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1330 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001331
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001332 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1333 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001334 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1335 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1336 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1337 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001338
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001339 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1340 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1341 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1342 Paths.clear();
1343 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1344 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1345 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1346 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001347
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001348 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1349 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1350 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1351 return true;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001352 }
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001353
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001354 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001355 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1356 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1357 << From->getSourceRange();
1358 return true;
1359 }
1360
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001361 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1362 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001363 return false;
1364}
1365
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001366/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1367/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1368/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001369bool
1370Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001371 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1372 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1373
1374 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1375 // qualification conversion.
1376 if (FromType == ToType)
1377 return false;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001378
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001379 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1380 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1381 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1382 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001383 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001384 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001385 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1386 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1387 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001388 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001389 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1390 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001391 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001392
1393 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1394 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregor9b6e2d22008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001395 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001396 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001397
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001398 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1399 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1400 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001401 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001402 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001403
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001404 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1405 // include const.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001406 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001407 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001408 }
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001409
1410 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1411 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1412 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1413 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1414 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001415 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001416}
1417
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001418/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1419/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1420/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1421/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1422/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1423/// false and User is unspecified.
1424///
1425/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1426/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1427/// will be considered.
1428///
1429/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1430/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1431/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001432///
1433/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1434/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001435/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1436/// cast.
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001437OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1438 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
1439 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1440 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
1441 bool AllowExplicit,
1442 bool ForceRValue,
1443 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001444 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor393896f2009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001445 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1446 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1447 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1448 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001449 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1450 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1451 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1452 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1453 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1454 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1455 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1456 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001457 bool SuppressUserConversions = !UserCast;
1458 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1459 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)) {
1460 SuppressUserConversions = false;
1461 AllowConversionFunctions = false;
1462 }
1463
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001464 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001465 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1466 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1467 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001468 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001469 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001470 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001471 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1472 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1473 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1474 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1475 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476 Constructor
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001477 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1478 else
1479 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001480
Fariborz Jahanian52ab92b2009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001481 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssonfaccd722009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001482 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001483 if (ConstructorTmpl)
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001484 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
1485 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001486 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001487 else
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001488 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1489 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001490 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001491 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001492 }
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001493 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001494 }
1495 }
1496
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001497 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1498 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1500 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001501 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001502 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001503 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001504 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001506 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1507 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001508 const UnresolvedSet *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001509 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001510 for (UnresolvedSet::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
1511 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001512 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1513 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
1514 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1515 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1516
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001517 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1518 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001519 if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I)))
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001520 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1521 else
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001522 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*I);
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001523
1524 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1525 if (ConvTemplate)
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001526 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, ActingContext,
1527 From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001528 else
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001529 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, ActingContext, From, ToType,
1530 CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001531 }
1532 }
1533 }
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001534 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001535
1536 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001537 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001538 case OR_Success:
1539 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001540 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001541 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1542 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1543 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1544 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1545 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1546 // the argument of the constructor.
1547 //
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001548 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001549 if (Best->Conversions[0].ConversionKind ==
1550 ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion)
1551 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1552 else {
1553 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1554 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1555 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001556 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1557 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001558 User.After.FromTypePtr
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001559 = ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001560 User.After.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001561 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001562 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1563 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1564 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1565 //
1566 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1567 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1568 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1569 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1570 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1571 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001572 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001573
1574 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001575 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1576 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1577 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1578 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1579 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1580 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1581 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1582 // 13.3.3.1).
1583 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001584 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001585 } else {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001586 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001587 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001588 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001589
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001590 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001591 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001592 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001593 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001594 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001595
1596 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001597 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001598 }
1599
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001600 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001601}
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001602
1603bool
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001604Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001605 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
1606 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1607 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1608 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1609 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001610 if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
1611 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1612 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1613 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1614 else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
1615 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1616 diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
1617 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1618 else
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001619 return false;
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001620 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001621 return true;
1622}
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001623
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001624/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1625/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1626/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001627ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001628Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1629 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1630{
1631 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1632 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1633 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1634 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1635 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1636 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1637 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1638 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001639 //
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001640 if (ICS1.ConversionKind < ICS2.ConversionKind)
1641 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1642 else if (ICS2.ConversionKind < ICS1.ConversionKind)
1643 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1644
1645 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1646 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1647 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1648 if (ICS1.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion)
1649 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001650 else if (ICS1.ConversionKind ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001651 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) {
1652 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1653 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1654 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1655 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1656 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1657 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001659 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1660 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1661 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1662 }
1663
1664 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1665}
1666
1667/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1668/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1669/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001670ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001671Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1672 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1673{
1674 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1675 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1676
1677 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1678 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1679 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1680 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1681 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1682 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1683 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1684 ;
1685 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1686 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001687 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001688 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1689 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1690 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1691 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1692 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001694 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1695 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1696 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1697
1698 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1699 // defined below), or, if not that,
1700 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1701 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1702 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1703 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1704 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1705 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001706
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001707 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1708 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1709 // applies:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001711 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1712 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1713 // that is such a conversion.
1714 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1715 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1716 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1717 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1718
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001719 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1720 //
1721 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001722 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1723 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1724 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001726 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001727 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001728 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001729 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1730 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1731 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001732 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1733 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001734 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1735 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1736 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001737 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1738 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1739 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001740 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1741 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1742 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1743 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
1744 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1745 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1746
1747 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1748 // conversion, if we need to.
1749 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1750 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1751 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1752 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1753
Douglas Gregor01919692009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001754 QualType FromPointee1
1755 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
1756 QualType FromPointee2
1757 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001758
Douglas Gregor01919692009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001759 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1760 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1761 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1762 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1763
1764 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1765 // other, it is the better one.
1766 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1767 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1768 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1769 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1770 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1771 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1772 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1773 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001774 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001775
1776 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1777 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001778 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001779 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001780 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001781
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001782 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001783 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1784 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1785 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1786 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1787 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001788 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1789 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1790 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1791 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1792 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1793 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001794
1795 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1796 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1797 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1798 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1799 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1800 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001801 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1802 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001803 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1804 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001805 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1806 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1807 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
1808 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
1809 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1810 // for comparison.
1811 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1812 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1813 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1814 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001815 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1816 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1817 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1818 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1819 }
1820 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001821
1822 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1823}
1824
1825/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1826/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001827/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1828ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001829Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001830 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregorba7e2102008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001831 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001832 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1833 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1834 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1835 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1836 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1837 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1838 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1839 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1840
1841 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1842 // conversion (!)
1843 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1844 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1845 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1846 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001847 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1848 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1849 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001850
1851 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1852 // them.
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001853 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001854 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1855
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001856 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1857 // for comparison.
1858 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1859 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1860 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1861 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
1862
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001863 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001864 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1865 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1866 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1867 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1868 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001869 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001870 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1871 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1872 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1873 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1874 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1875 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1876 // about how the sequences rank.
1877 ;
1878 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1879 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1880 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1881 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1882 // qualifiers.
1883 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001884
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001885 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1886 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1887 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1888 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1889 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1890 // qualifiers.
1891 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001892
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001893 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1894 } else {
1895 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1896 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1897 }
1898
1899 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001900 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001901 break;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001902 }
1903
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001904 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1905 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1906 switch (Result) {
1907 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1908 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1909 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1910 break;
1911
1912 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1913 break;
1914
1915 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1916 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1917 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1918 break;
1919 }
1920
1921 return Result;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001922}
1923
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001924/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1925/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001926/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1927/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1928/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001929ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1930Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1931 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1932 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1933 QualType ToType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1934 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1935 QualType ToType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1936
1937 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1938 // conversion, if we need to.
1939 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1940 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1941 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1942 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1943
1944 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1945 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
1946 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
1947 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
1948 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
1949
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001950 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001951 //
1952 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
1953 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001954 //
1955 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
1956 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001957
1958 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001960 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
1961 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
1962 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
1963 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001965 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001966 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001967 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001968 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001969 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001970 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001971 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001972
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001973 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1974 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1975 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1976 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001977
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001978 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001979 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1980 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1981 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1982 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1983 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001984
1985 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
1986 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
1987 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1988 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
1989 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1990 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001991 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001992
1993 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
1994 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
1995 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1996 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1997 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1998 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001999
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002000 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
2001 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2002 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2003 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2004 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2005 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002006 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002007 }
2008
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002009 // Compare based on reference bindings.
2010 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
2011 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
2012 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
2013 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2014 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002015 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2016 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002017 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2018 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2019 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2020 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2021 }
2022
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002023 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
2024 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2025 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002026 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2027 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002028 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2029 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2030 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2031 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2032 }
2033 }
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002034
2035 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002036 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
2037 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
2038 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
2039 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
2040 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2041 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
2042 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2043 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
2044 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2045 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
2046 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2047 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
2048 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
2049 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
2050 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
2051 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2052 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2053 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2054 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002055 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002056 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2057 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2058 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2059 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2060 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2061 }
2062 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
2063 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
2064 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2065 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2066 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2067 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2068 }
2069 }
2070
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002071 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
2072 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
2073 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002074 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2075 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002076 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2077 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2078 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2079 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2080 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002081
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002082 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002083 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2084 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002085 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2086 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2087 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2088 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2089 }
2090 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002091
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002092 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2093}
2094
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002095/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2096/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2097/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2098/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002099/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002100/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2101/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002102ImplicitConversionSequence
2103Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002104 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2105 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002106 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002107 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002108 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor739d8282009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002109 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002110 SuppressUserConversions,
2111 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2112 ForceRValue,
2113 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002114 return ICS;
2115 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002117 SuppressUserConversions,
2118 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002119 ForceRValue,
2120 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002121 }
2122}
2123
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002124/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
2125/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
2126/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
2127/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
2128/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002129bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002130 AssignmentAction Action, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002131 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2132 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
2133 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002134
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002135 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
2136 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00002137 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
2138 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
2139 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002140
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002141 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002142 FromType, From, Action);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002143 }
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002144
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002145 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002146 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor739d8282009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002147 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002148 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
2149 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2150 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002151
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002152 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Action,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002153 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002154 return false;
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002155 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType))
Fariborz Jahanian455acd92009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002156 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2157 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002158 << ToType << From->getType() << Action << From->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian455acd92009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002159 return true;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002160}
2161
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002162/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2163/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2164/// expression @p From.
2165ImplicitConversionSequence
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002166Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(QualType FromType,
2167 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2168 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
2169 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
Sebastian Redl65bdbfa2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002170 // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
2171 // const volatile object.
2172 unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
2173 Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
2174 QualType ImplicitParamType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002175
2176 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2177 // to exit early.
2178 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2179 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2180 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
2181
2182 // We need to have an object of class type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002183 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002184 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2185
2186 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002187
Sebastian Redl65bdbfa2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002188 // The implicit object parameter is has the type "reference to cv X",
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002189 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2190 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2191 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002192 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002193 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2194 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2195 // non-constant references.
2196
2197 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2198 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2199 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002200 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2201 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
Douglas Gregorb1c2ea52009-11-05 00:07:36 +00002202 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon))
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002203 return ICS;
2204
2205 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2206 // affects the conversion rank.
2207 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002208 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002209 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2210 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2211 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
2212 else
2213 return ICS;
2214
2215 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
2216 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
2217 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2218 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ImplicitParamType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2219 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2220 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002221 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002222 return ICS;
2223}
2224
2225/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2226/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2227/// expression.
2228bool
2229Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002230 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002231 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002232 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002233
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002234 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002235 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2236 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2237 } else {
2238 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2239 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2240 }
2241
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002242 // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
2243 // the actual argument initialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002245 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Method,
2246 Method->getParent());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002247 if (ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion)
2248 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002249 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002250 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002252 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002253 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2254 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002255 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2256 From->getSourceRange()))
2257 return true;
2258
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002259 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson116b7d92009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002260 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002261 return false;
2262}
2263
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002264/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2265/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2266ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002268 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2269 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002271 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2272 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002273}
2274
2275/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2276/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2277bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2278 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002279 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting))
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002280 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002281
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002282 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002283 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2284 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2285 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2286 return true;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002287}
2288
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002289/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002290/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2291/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2292/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002293/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2294/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2295/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002296///
2297/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2298/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2299/// code completion.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300void
2301Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002302 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002303 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002304 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002305 bool ForceRValue,
2306 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002307 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002308 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002309 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002310 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002311 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002313 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002314
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002315 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002316 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2317 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2318 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2319 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2320 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002321 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
2322 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
2323 // is irrelevant.
2324 AddMethodCandidate(Method, Method->getParent(),
2325 QualType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002326 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2327 return;
2328 }
2329 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2330 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002331 }
2332
Douglas Gregorfd476482009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002333 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002334 return;
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002335
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002336 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2337 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2338
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002339 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2340 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2341 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2342 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2343 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2344 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2345 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
2346 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()))
2347 return;
2348 }
2349
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002350 // Add this candidate
2351 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2352 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2353 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002354 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002355 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002356 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002357
2358 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2359
2360 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2361 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2362 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor5bd1a112009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002363 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2364 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002365 Candidate.Viable = false;
2366 return;
2367 }
2368
2369 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2370 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2371 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2372 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2373 // exactly m parameters.
2374 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002375 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002376 // Not enough arguments.
2377 Candidate.Viable = false;
2378 return;
2379 }
2380
2381 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2382 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002383 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2384 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2385 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2386 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2387 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2388 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2389 // parameter of F.
2390 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2392 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002393 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2394 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002395 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002396 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Fariborz Jahanian99d6c442009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002397 // 13.3.3.1-p10 If several different sequences of conversions exist that
2398 // each convert the argument to the parameter type, the implicit conversion
2399 // sequence associated with the parameter is defined to be the unique conversion
2400 // sequence designated the ambiguous conversion sequence. For the purpose of
2401 // ranking implicit conversion sequences as described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous
2402 // conversion sequence is treated as a user-defined sequence that is
2403 // indistinguishable from any other user-defined conversion sequence
Fariborz Jahanian4a6a2b82009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002404 if (!Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanian99d6c442009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002405 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind =
2406 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian4a6a2b82009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002407 // Set the conversion function to one of them. As due to ambiguity,
2408 // they carry the same weight and is needed for overload resolution
2409 // later.
2410 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].UserDefined.ConversionFunction =
2411 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0];
2412 }
Fariborz Jahanian99d6c442009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002413 else {
2414 Candidate.Viable = false;
2415 break;
2416 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002417 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002418 } else {
2419 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2420 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2421 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002423 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2424 }
2425 }
2426}
2427
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002428/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2429/// the overload canddiate set.
2430void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2431 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2432 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2433 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002435 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002436 F != FEnd; ++F) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002437 // FIXME: using declarations
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002438 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F)) {
2439 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
2440 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002441 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
2442 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002443 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2444 else
2445 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2446 SuppressUserConversions);
2447 } else {
2448 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F);
2449 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2450 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
2451 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002452 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002453 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002454 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002455 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002456 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002457 else
2458 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002459 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002460 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2461 SuppressUserConversions);
2462 }
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002463 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002464}
2465
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002466/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
2467/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002468void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(NamedDecl *Decl,
2469 QualType ObjectType,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002470 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2471 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2472 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2473
2474 // FIXME: use this
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002475 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002476
2477 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
2478 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
2479
2480 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
2481 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2482 "Expected a member function template");
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002483 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, ActingContext, /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
2484 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002485 CandidateSet,
2486 SuppressUserConversions,
2487 ForceRValue);
2488 } else {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002489 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), ActingContext,
2490 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002491 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2492 }
2493}
2494
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002495/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2496/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2497/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2498/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2499/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2500/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002501/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2502/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2503/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002504void
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002505Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2506 QualType ObjectType, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002507 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002508 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2509 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002510 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002511 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002512 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Method) &&
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002513 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002514 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2515 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002516
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002517 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2518 return;
2519
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002520 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2521 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2522
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002523 // Add this candidate
2524 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2525 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2526 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002527 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002528 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002529
2530 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2531
2532 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2533 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2534 // list (8.3.5).
2535 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2536 Candidate.Viable = false;
2537 return;
2538 }
2539
2540 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2541 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2542 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2543 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2544 // exactly m parameters.
2545 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2546 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2547 // Not enough arguments.
2548 Candidate.Viable = false;
2549 return;
2550 }
2551
2552 Candidate.Viable = true;
2553 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2554
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002555 if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002556 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2557 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2558 else {
2559 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2560 // parameter.
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002561 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2562 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Method, ActingContext);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002563 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002564 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2565 Candidate.Viable = false;
2566 return;
2567 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002568 }
2569
2570 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2571 // arguments.
2572 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2573 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2574 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2575 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2576 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2577 // parameter of F.
2578 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002579 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2580 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002581 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002582 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002583 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002584 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2585 Candidate.Viable = false;
2586 break;
2587 }
2588 } else {
2589 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2590 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2591 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002593 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2594 }
2595 }
2596}
2597
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002598/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2599/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2600/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002601void
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002602Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002603 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002604 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002605 QualType ObjectType,
2606 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002607 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2608 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2609 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002610 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2611 return;
2612
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002613 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002614 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002615 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002616 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002617 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2618 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2619 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2620 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2621 // functions.
2622 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2623 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2624 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002625 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002626 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2627 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2628 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2629 (void)Result;
2630 return;
2631 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002633 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2634 // deduction as a candidate.
2635 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002636 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002637 "Specialization is not a member function?");
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002638 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), ActingContext,
2639 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002640 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2641}
2642
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002643/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2644/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2645/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002646void
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002647Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002648 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002649 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2650 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2651 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2652 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002653 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2654 return;
2655
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002656 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002657 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002658 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002659 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002660 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2661 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2662 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2663 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2664 // functions.
2665 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2666 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2667 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002668 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002669 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002670 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2671 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00002672 (void) Result;
2673
2674 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2675 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2676 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2677 Candidate.Viable = false;
2678 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
2679 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002680 return;
2681 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002682
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002683 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2684 // deduction as a candidate.
2685 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2686 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2687 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2688}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002689
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002690/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002691/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002692/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002693/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002694/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2695/// conversion function produces).
2696void
2697Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002698 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002699 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2700 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002701 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2702 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2703
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002704 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2705 return;
2706
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002707 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2708 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2709
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002710 // Add this candidate
2711 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2712 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2713 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002714 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002715 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002716 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002717 Candidate.FinalConversion.FromTypePtr
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002718 = Conversion->getConversionType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2719 Candidate.FinalConversion.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2720
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002721 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2722 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002723 Candidate.Viable = true;
2724 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002725 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2726 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Conversion,
2727 ActingContext);
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002728 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2729 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2730 // in overload resolution.
2731 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2732 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002733 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002734 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2735 Candidate.Viable = false;
2736 return;
2737 }
Fariborz Jahanian3759a032009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002738
2739 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
2740 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
2741 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
2742 QualType FromCanon
2743 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2744 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
2745 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
2746 Candidate.Viable = false;
2747 return;
2748 }
2749
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002750
2751 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2752 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2753 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2754 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2755 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2756 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2757 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2758 // well-formed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002759 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregor0a0d1ac2009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002760 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002761 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002762 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002763 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002764
2765 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002766 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2767 // allocator).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002768 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002769 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregor0a0d1ac2009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002770 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002771 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2772 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002773 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002774 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2775 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002777 switch (ICS.ConversionKind) {
2778 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2779 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2780 break;
2781
2782 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2783 Candidate.Viable = false;
2784 break;
2785
2786 default:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002788 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2789 }
2790}
2791
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002792/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2793/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2794/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2795/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2796/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797void
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002798Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002799 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002800 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2801 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2802 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2803 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2804
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002805 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2806 return;
2807
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002808 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2809 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2810 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002811 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002812 Specialization, Info)) {
2813 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2814 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2815 (void)Result;
2816 return;
2817 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002818
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002819 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2820 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2821 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002822 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, ActingDC, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002823}
2824
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002825/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2826/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2827/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2828/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2829/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2830void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002831 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002832 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002833 QualType ObjectType,
2834 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002835 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002836 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2837 return;
2838
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002839 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2840 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2841
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002842 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2843 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2844 Candidate.Function = 0;
2845 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2846 Candidate.Viable = true;
2847 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002848 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002849 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2850
2851 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2852 // object parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002853 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002854 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Conversion, ActingContext);
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002855 if (ObjectInit.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2856 Candidate.Viable = false;
2857 return;
2858 }
2859
2860 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2861 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2862 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002863 Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002864 = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
2865 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002866 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002867 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002868 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002869 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2870 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2871
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002872 // Find the
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002873 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2874
2875 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2876 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2877 // list (8.3.5).
2878 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2879 Candidate.Viable = false;
2880 return;
2881 }
2882
2883 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2884 // we have enough arguments.
2885 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2886 // Not enough arguments.
2887 Candidate.Viable = false;
2888 return;
2889 }
2890
2891 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2892 // arguments.
2893 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2894 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2895 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2896 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2897 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2898 // parameter of F.
2899 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002900 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2901 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002902 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002903 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2904 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002905 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002906 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2907 Candidate.Viable = false;
2908 break;
2909 }
2910 } else {
2911 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2912 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2913 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002915 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2916 }
2917 }
2918}
2919
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002920// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2921// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2922// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002923void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002924 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002925 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002926 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2927 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002928 FunctionSet Functions;
2929
2930 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2931 QualType T2;
2932 if (NumArgs > 1)
2933 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2934
2935 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002936 if (S)
2937 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002938 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002939 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2940 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002941 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002942}
2943
2944/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2945/// member functions.
2946///
2947/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2948/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2949/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2950/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2951/// [over.match.oper]).
2952void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2953 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2954 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2955 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2956 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002957 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
2958
2959 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2960 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
2961 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
2962 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
2963 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
2964 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
2965 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
2966 // constructed as follows:
2967 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2968 QualType T2;
2969 if (NumArgs > 1)
2970 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2971
2972 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
2973 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
2974 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
2975 // empty.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002976 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002977 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002978 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002979 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002980
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002981 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2982 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
2983 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
2984
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002985 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002986 OperEnd = Operators.end();
2987 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002988 ++Oper)
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002989 AddMethodCandidate(*Oper, Args[0]->getType(),
2990 Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002991 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002992 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002993}
2994
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002995/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
2996/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
2997/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002998/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
2999/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003000/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
3001/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
3002/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003003void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003004 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003005 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003006 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
3007 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003008 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3009 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3010
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003011 // Add this candidate
3012 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3013 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
3014 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +00003015 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003016 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003017 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
3018 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3019 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
3020
3021 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3022 // arguments.
3023 Candidate.Viable = true;
3024 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3025 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003026 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
3027 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
3028 // left operand are restricted as follows:
3029 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
3030 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
3031 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003032 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003033 //
3034 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
3035 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
3036 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
3037 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003038 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003039 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003040 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
3041 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
3042 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003043 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
3044 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003045 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003046 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
3047 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003048 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003049 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003050 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003051 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003052 break;
3053 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003054 }
3055}
3056
3057/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
3058/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
3059/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
3060/// enumeration types.
3061class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
3062 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003063 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003064
3065 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
3066 /// built-in candidates.
3067 TypeSet PointerTypes;
3068
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003069 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
3070 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3071 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
3072
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003073 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
3074 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3075 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
3076
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003077 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
3078 /// candidate type set.
3079 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003080
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003081 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
3082 ASTContext &Context;
3083
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003084 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3085 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003086 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003087
3088public:
3089 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003090 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003091
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003092 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003093 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003094
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003095 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
3096 SourceLocation Loc,
3097 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003098 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3099 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003100
3101 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
3102 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
3103
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003104 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003105 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
3106
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003107 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
3108 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
3109
3110 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
3111 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
3112
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003113 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
3114 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
3115
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003116 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003117 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
3118};
3119
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003120/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003121/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3122/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3123/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3124/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3125/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3126/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003127///
3128/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003129bool
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003130BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3131 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003132
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003133 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003134 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003135 return false;
3136
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003137 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3138 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003139
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003140 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redla9efada2009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003141 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3142 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3143 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3144 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3145 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3146 return true;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003147 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor89c49f02009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003148 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahaniand411b3f2009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003149 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003150 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3151 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3152
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003153 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3154 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3155 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003156 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3157 // in the types.
3158 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3159 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003160 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3161 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003162 }
3163
3164 return true;
3165}
3166
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003167/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3168/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3169/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3170/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3171/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3172/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3173/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003174///
3175/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003176bool
3177BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3178 QualType Ty) {
3179 // Insert this type.
3180 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3181 return false;
3182
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003183 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3184 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003185
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003186 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redla9efada2009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003187 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3188 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3189 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3190 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3191 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3192 return true;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003193 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3194
3195 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3196 // qualifiers.
3197 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3198 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3199 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3200
3201 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3202 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003203 }
3204
3205 return true;
3206}
3207
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003208/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3209/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003210/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3211/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003212/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3213/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3214/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3215/// type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003216void
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003217BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003218 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003219 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003220 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3221 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003222 // Only deal with canonical types.
3223 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3224
3225 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3226 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003227 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003228 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3229
3230 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003231 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003232
Sebastian Redla65b5512009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003233 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3234 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3235 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3236
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003237 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003238 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3239
3240 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3241 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003242 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003243 return;
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003244 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3245 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3246 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3247 return;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003248 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003249 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003250 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003251 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003252 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003253 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3254 return;
3255 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003256
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003257 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003258 const UnresolvedSet *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianca4fb042009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003259 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003260 for (UnresolvedSet::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
3261 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003262
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003263 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003264 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003265 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I))
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003266 continue;
3267
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003268 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*I);
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003269 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003270 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003271 VisibleQuals);
3272 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003273 }
3274 }
3275 }
3276}
3277
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003278/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3279/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3280/// given type to the candidate set.
3281static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3282 QualType T,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003283 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003284 unsigned NumArgs,
3285 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3286 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003287
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003288 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3289 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3290 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3291 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3292 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003293
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003294 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3295 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003296 ParamTypes[0]
3297 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003298 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3299 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003300 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003301 }
3302}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003303
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003304/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3305/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003306static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3307 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3308 const RecordType *TyRec;
3309 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3310 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3311 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3312 else
3313 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3314 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003315 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003316 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3317 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3318 return VRQuals;
3319 }
3320
3321 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003322 const UnresolvedSet *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003323 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003324
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003325 for (UnresolvedSet::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
3326 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
3327 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*I)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003328 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3329 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3330 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3331 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3332 // as see them.
3333 bool done = false;
3334 while (!done) {
3335 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3336 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3337 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3338 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3339 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3340 else
3341 done = true;
3342 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3343 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3344 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3345 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3346 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3347 return VRQuals;
3348 }
3349 }
3350 }
3351 return VRQuals;
3352}
3353
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003354/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3355/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3356/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3357/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3358/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003359void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003360Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003361 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003362 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3363 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003364 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3365 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3366 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3367 // types; these types need to be first.
3368 // FIXME: What about complex?
3369 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3370 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003371 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003372 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3373 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3374 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3375 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3376 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003377 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3378// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003379 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3380 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3381 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3382 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3383 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3384 };
Douglas Gregor652371a2009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003385 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3386 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3387 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3388 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3389 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3390 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3391 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3392 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3393 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3394 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3395
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003396 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3397 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3398 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003399 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3400 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003401 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3402 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3403
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003404 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003405 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3406 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003407 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003408 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003409 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003410 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003411 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003412 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003413 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003414 true,
3415 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3416 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003417 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3418 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003419 }
3420
3421 bool isComparison = false;
3422 switch (Op) {
3423 case OO_None:
3424 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3425 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3426 break;
3427
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003428 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003429 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003430 goto UnaryStar;
3431 else
3432 goto BinaryStar;
3433 break;
3434
3435 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3436 if (NumArgs == 1)
3437 goto UnaryPlus;
3438 else
3439 goto BinaryPlus;
3440 break;
3441
3442 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3443 if (NumArgs == 1)
3444 goto UnaryMinus;
3445 else
3446 goto BinaryMinus;
3447 break;
3448
3449 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3450 if (NumArgs == 1)
3451 goto UnaryAmp;
3452 else
3453 goto BinaryAmp;
3454
3455 case OO_PlusPlus:
3456 case OO_MinusMinus:
3457 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3458 //
3459 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3460 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3461 // functions of the form
3462 //
3463 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3464 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3465 //
3466 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3467 //
3468 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3469 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3470 // candidate operator functions of the form
3471 //
3472 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3473 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003474 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003475 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3476 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003477 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003478 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003479
3480 // Non-volatile version.
3481 if (NumArgs == 1)
3482 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3483 else
3484 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003485 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3486 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3487 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3488 // Volatile version
3489 ParamTypes[0]
3490 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3491 if (NumArgs == 1)
3492 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3493 else
3494 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3495 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003496 }
3497
3498 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3499 //
3500 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3501 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3502 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3503 //
3504 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3505 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3506 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3507 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3508 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3509 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3510 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003511 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003512 continue;
3513
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003514 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3515 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003516 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003517
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003518 // Without volatile
3519 if (NumArgs == 1)
3520 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3521 else
3522 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3523
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003524 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3525 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003526 // With volatile
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003527 ParamTypes[0]
3528 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003529 if (NumArgs == 1)
3530 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3531 else
3532 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3533 }
3534 }
3535 break;
3536
3537 UnaryStar:
3538 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3539 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3540 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3541 //
3542 // T& operator*(T*);
3543 //
3544 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3545 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3546 // functions of the form
3547 // T& operator*(T*);
3548 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3549 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3550 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003551 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003552 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003553 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3554 }
3555 break;
3556
3557 UnaryPlus:
3558 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3559 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3560 // the form
3561 //
3562 // T* operator+(T*);
3563 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3564 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3565 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3566 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3567 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003568
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003569 // Fall through
3570
3571 UnaryMinus:
3572 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3573 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3574 // operator functions of the form
3575 //
3576 // T operator+(T);
3577 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003578 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003579 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3580 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3581 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3582 }
3583 break;
3584
3585 case OO_Tilde:
3586 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3587 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3588 // operator functions of the form
3589 //
3590 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003591 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003592 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3593 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3594 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3595 }
3596 break;
3597
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003598 case OO_New:
3599 case OO_Delete:
3600 case OO_Array_New:
3601 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003602 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003603 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003604 break;
3605
3606 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003607 UnaryAmp:
3608 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003609 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3610 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3611 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003612 break;
3613
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003614 case OO_EqualEqual:
3615 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3616 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003617 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3618 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003619 //
3620 // bool operator==(T,T);
3621 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003622 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003623 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3624 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3625 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3626 ++MemPtr) {
3627 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3628 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3629 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003630
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003631 // Fall through
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003632
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003633 case OO_Less:
3634 case OO_Greater:
3635 case OO_LessEqual:
3636 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003637 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3638 //
3639 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3640 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003641 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003642 // bool operator<(T, T);
3643 // bool operator>(T, T);
3644 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3645 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3646 // bool operator==(T, T);
3647 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3648 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3649 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3650 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3651 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3652 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003653 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003654 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3655 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3656 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3657 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3658 }
3659
3660 // Fall through.
3661 isComparison = true;
3662
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003663 BinaryPlus:
3664 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003665 if (!isComparison) {
3666 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3667
3668 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3669 //
3670 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3671 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003672 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003673 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3674 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3675 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3676 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3677 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3678 //
3679 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3680 //
3681 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3682 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3683 //
3684 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003685 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003686 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3687 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3688 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3689
3690 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3691 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3692
3693 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3694 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3695 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3696 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3697 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3698 } else {
3699 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3700 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3701 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3702 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3703 }
3704 }
3705 }
3706 // Fall through
3707
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003708 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003709 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003710 Conditional:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003711 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3712 //
3713 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3714 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3715 //
3716 // LR operator*(L, R);
3717 // LR operator/(L, R);
3718 // LR operator+(L, R);
3719 // LR operator-(L, R);
3720 // bool operator<(L, R);
3721 // bool operator>(L, R);
3722 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3723 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3724 // bool operator==(L, R);
3725 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3726 //
3727 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3728 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003729 //
3730 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3731 //
3732 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3733 // candidate operator functions of the form
3734 //
3735 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3736 //
3737 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3738 // between types L and R.
3739 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003740 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003741 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003742 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003743 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3744 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003745 QualType Result
3746 = isComparison
3747 ? Context.BoolTy
3748 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003749 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3750 }
3751 }
3752 break;
3753
3754 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003755 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003756 case OO_Caret:
3757 case OO_Pipe:
3758 case OO_LessLess:
3759 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3760 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3761 //
3762 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3763 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3764 //
3765 // LR operator%(L, R);
3766 // LR operator&(L, R);
3767 // LR operator^(L, R);
3768 // LR operator|(L, R);
3769 // L operator<<(L, R);
3770 // L operator>>(L, R);
3771 //
3772 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3773 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003774 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003775 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003776 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003777 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3778 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3779 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3780 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003781 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003782 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3783 }
3784 }
3785 break;
3786
3787 case OO_Equal:
3788 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3789 //
3790 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003791 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003792 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3793 //
3794 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003795 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3796 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3797 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3798 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003799 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003800 CandidateSet);
3801 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3802 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3803 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3804 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003805 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003806 CandidateSet);
3807 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003808
3809 case OO_PlusEqual:
3810 case OO_MinusEqual:
3811 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3812 //
3813 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3814 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3815 // of the form
3816 //
3817 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3818 //
3819 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3820 //
3821 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3822 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3823 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3824 //
3825 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3826 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3827 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3828 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3829 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3830 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3831
3832 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003833 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003834 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3835 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003836
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003837 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3838 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003839 // volatile version
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003840 ParamTypes[0]
3841 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003842 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3843 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003844 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003845 }
3846 // Fall through.
3847
3848 case OO_StarEqual:
3849 case OO_SlashEqual:
3850 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3851 //
3852 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3853 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3854 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3855 // the form
3856 //
3857 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3858 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3859 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3860 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3861 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3862 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003863 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003864 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3865 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3866 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3867
3868 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003869 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003870 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3871 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003872
3873 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003874 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3875 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
3876 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3877 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3878 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
3879 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003880 }
3881 }
3882 break;
3883
3884 case OO_PercentEqual:
3885 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3886 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3887 case OO_AmpEqual:
3888 case OO_CaretEqual:
3889 case OO_PipeEqual:
3890 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3891 //
3892 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3893 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3894 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3895 //
3896 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3897 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3898 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3899 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3900 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3901 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3902 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003903 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003904 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3905 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3906 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3907
3908 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003909 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003910 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian035c46f2009-10-20 00:04:40 +00003911 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3912 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3913 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3914 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
3915 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3916 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3917 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003918 }
3919 }
3920 break;
3921
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003922 case OO_Exclaim: {
3923 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3924 //
3925 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3926 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003927 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003928 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3929 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3930 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003931 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3932 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3933 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003934 break;
3935 }
3936
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003937 case OO_AmpAmp:
3938 case OO_PipePipe: {
3939 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3940 //
3941 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3942 //
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003943 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003944 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3945 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3946 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003947 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3948 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3949 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003950 break;
3951 }
3952
3953 case OO_Subscript:
3954 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3955 //
3956 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
3957 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003958 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003959 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3960 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
3961 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3962 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
3963 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3964 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3965 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3966 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003967 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003968 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003969
3970 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
3971 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3972
3973 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3974 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3975 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3976 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3977 }
3978 break;
3979
3980 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003981 // C++ [over.built]p11:
3982 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
3983 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
3984 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
3985 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3986 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
3987 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
3988 {
3989 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3990 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3991 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3992 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
3993 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003994 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003995 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003996 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003997 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
3998 continue;
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003999 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4000 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
4001 // volatile/restrict type.
4002 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
4003 continue;
4004 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
4005 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004006 }
4007 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4008 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4009 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4010 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
4011 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
4012 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian43036972009-10-07 16:56:50 +00004013 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004014 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
4015 break;
4016 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
4017 // build CV12 T&
4018 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004019 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
4020 T.isVolatileQualified())
4021 continue;
4022 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
4023 T.isRestrictQualified())
4024 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004025 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004026 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4027 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4028 }
4029 }
4030 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004031 break;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004032
4033 case OO_Conditional:
4034 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
4035 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
4036 // therefore added as binary.
4037 //
4038 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4039 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
4040 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4041 //
4042 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
4043 //
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004044 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
4045 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4046 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4047 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4048 }
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004049 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4050 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4051 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4052 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4053 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4054 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004055 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004056 }
4057}
4058
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004059/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
4060/// to the set of overloading candidates.
4061///
4062/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
4063/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
4064/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
4065/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004066void
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004067Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
4068 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004069 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004070 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4071 bool PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004072 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004073
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004074 // FIXME: Should we be trafficking in canonical function decls throughout?
4075
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004076 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
4077 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
4078 // candidates a second time.
4079 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4080 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4081 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004082 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004083 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004084 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4085 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
4086 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004087
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004088 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00004089 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, /*Operator*/false, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004090
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004091 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
4092 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
4093 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4094 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4095 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004096 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004097 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004098 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4099 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
4100 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004101
4102 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
4103 // set.
4104 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
4105 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004106 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004107 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004108 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004109 continue;
4110
4111 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4112 false, false, PartialOverloading);
4113 } else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004115 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004116 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004117 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004118}
4119
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004120/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
4121/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004122bool
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004123Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004124 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004125 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4126 // functions.
4127 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4128 return Cand1.Viable;
4129 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4130 return false;
4131
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004132 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4133 //
4134 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4135 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4136 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4137 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4138 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4139 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4140 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004141
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004142 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004143 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4144 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004145 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004146 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4147 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4148 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004149 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004150 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4151 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4152 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4153 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4154 HasBetterConversion = true;
4155 break;
4156
4157 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4158 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4159 return false;
4160
4161 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4162 // Do nothing.
4163 break;
4164 }
4165 }
4166
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004167 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004168 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004169 if (HasBetterConversion)
4170 return true;
4171
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004172 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004173 // specialization, or, if not that,
4174 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4175 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4176 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004177
4178 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4179 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4180 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004181 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor1f561c12009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004182 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4183 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004184 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4185 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4186 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Douglas Gregor5d7d3752009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004187 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4188 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004189 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004190
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004191 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4192 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4193 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4194 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4195 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4196 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004197 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4198 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004199 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4200 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4201 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4202 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4203 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4204 return true;
4205
4206 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4207 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4208 return false;
4209
4210 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4211 // Do nothing
4212 break;
4213 }
4214 }
4215
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004216 return false;
4217}
4218
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004219/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004220/// within an overload candidate set.
4221///
4222/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4223///
4224/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4225/// which overload resolution occurs.
4226///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004227/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004228/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4229///
4230/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00004231OverloadingResult Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4232 SourceLocation Loc,
4233 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004234 // Find the best viable function.
4235 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4236 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4237 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4238 if (Cand->Viable) {
4239 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
4240 Best = Cand;
4241 }
4242 }
4243
4244 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4245 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4246 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4247
4248 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4249 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4250 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4251 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004252 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004253 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004254 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
4255 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004256 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004257 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004258 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004260 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004261 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004262 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004263 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004264 return OR_Deleted;
4265
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004266 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4267 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004268 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4269 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004270 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4271 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4272 if (Best->Function)
4273 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004274 return OR_Success;
4275}
4276
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004277/// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
4278void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn) {
4279
4280 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
4281 // At least call it a 'constructor'.
4282 if (!Ctor->isImplicit()) {
4283 Diag(Ctor->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_ctor);
4284 return;
4285 }
4286
4287 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ctor->getParent();
4288 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) {
4289 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_implicit_copy_ctor);
4290 return;
4291 }
4292
4293 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_implicit_default_ctor);
4294 return;
4295 }
4296
4297 if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
4298 // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
4299 // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
4300 if (!Meth->isImplicit()) {
4301 Diag(Meth->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_meth);
4302 return;
4303 }
4304
4305 assert(Meth->isCopyAssignment()
4306 && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
4307 Diag(Meth->getParent()->getLocation(),
4308 diag::note_ovl_candidate_implicit_copy_assign);
4309 return;
4310 }
4311
4312 Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate);
4313}
4314
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004315/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
4316/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
4317/// set. If OnlyViable is true, only viable candidates will be printed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004318void
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004319Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Fariborz Jahanian16a5eac2009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004320 bool OnlyViable,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004321 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian16a5eac2009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004322 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004323 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4324 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004325 bool Reported = false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004326 for (; Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004327 if (Cand->Viable || !OnlyViable) {
4328 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004329 if (Cand->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004330 Cand->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004331 // Deleted or "unavailable" function.
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004332 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004333 << Cand->Function->isDeleted();
Douglas Gregor1fdd89b2009-09-15 20:11:42 +00004334 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
4335 = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4336 // Function template specialization
4337 // FIXME: Give a better reason!
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004338 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_template_candidate)
Douglas Gregor1fdd89b2009-09-15 20:11:42 +00004339 << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(),
4340 *Cand->Function->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004341 } else {
4342 // Normal function
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +00004343 bool errReported = false;
4344 if (!Cand->Viable && Cand->Conversions.size() > 0) {
4345 for (int i = Cand->Conversions.size()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
4346 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conversion =
4347 Cand->Conversions[i];
4348 if ((Conversion.ConversionKind !=
4349 ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) ||
4350 Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size() == 0)
4351 continue;
4352 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(),
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004353 diag::note_ovl_candidate_not_viable) << (i+1);
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +00004354 errReported = true;
4355 for (int j = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size()-1;
4356 j >= 0; j--) {
4357 FunctionDecl *Func = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet[j];
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004358 NoteOverloadCandidate(Func);
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +00004359 }
4360 }
4361 }
4362 if (!errReported)
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004363 NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004364 }
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004365 } else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004366 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4367 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4368 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4369 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004370 bool isLValueReference = false;
4371 bool isRValueReference = false;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004372 bool isPointer = false;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004373 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004374 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004375 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004376 isLValueReference = true;
4377 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004378 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004379 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4380 isRValueReference = true;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004381 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004382 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004383 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4384 isPointer = true;
4385 }
4386 // Desugar down to a function type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004387 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004388 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4389 if (isPointer) FnType = Context.getPointerType(FnType);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004390 if (isRValueReference) FnType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4391 if (isLValueReference) FnType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004392
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004393 Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004394 << FnType;
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004395 } else if (OnlyViable) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004396 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 &&
Fariborz Jahanianad3607d2009-10-09 17:09:58 +00004397 "builtin-binary-operator-not-binary");
Fariborz Jahanian866b2742009-10-16 23:25:02 +00004398 std::string TypeStr("operator");
4399 TypeStr += Opc;
4400 TypeStr += "(";
4401 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
4402 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
4403 TypeStr += ")";
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004404 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
Fariborz Jahanian866b2742009-10-16 23:25:02 +00004405 }
4406 else {
4407 TypeStr += ", ";
4408 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
4409 TypeStr += ")";
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004410 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
Fariborz Jahanian866b2742009-10-16 23:25:02 +00004411 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004412 }
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004413 else if (!Cand->Viable && !Reported) {
4414 // Non-viability might be due to ambiguous user-defined conversions,
4415 // needed for built-in operators. Report them as well, but only once
4416 // as we have typically many built-in candidates.
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004417 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
4418 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004419 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
4420 if (ICS.ConversionKind != ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion ||
4421 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.empty())
4422 continue;
4423 if (CXXConversionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
4424 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0])) {
4425 QualType FromTy =
4426 QualType(
4427 static_cast<Type*>(ICS.UserDefined.Before.FromTypePtr),0);
4428 Diag(OpLoc,diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)
4429 << FromTy << Func->getConversionType();
4430 }
4431 for (unsigned j = 0; j < ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.size(); j++) {
4432 FunctionDecl *Func =
4433 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[j];
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004434 NoteOverloadCandidate(Func);
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004435 }
4436 }
4437 Reported = true;
4438 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004439 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004440 }
4441}
4442
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004443/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4444/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4445/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4446/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4447///
4448/// @code
4449/// int f(double);
4450/// int f(int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004451///
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004452/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4453/// @endcode
4454///
4455/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4456/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4457/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4458FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004459Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004460 bool Complain) {
4461 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004462 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004463 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004464 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004465 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarbb710012009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004466 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004467 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004468 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004469 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4470 IsMember = true;
4471 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004472
4473 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor72e771f2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004474 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004475 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004476 return 0;
4477
4478 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004479
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004480 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4481 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4482 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4483 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4484
4485 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4486 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4487 // operator.
4488 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4489 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4490 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4491 }
4492
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004493 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004494 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004495
4496 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004497
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00004498 // Look into the overloaded expression.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00004499 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UL
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004500 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4501 Fns.append(UL->decls_begin(), UL->decls_end());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00004502 if (UL->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4503 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4504 UL->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4505 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00004506 } else if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *ME
4507 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4508 Fns.append(ME->decls_begin(), ME->decls_end());
4509 if (ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4510 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004511 ME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00004512 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004513 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004514
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004515 // If we didn't actually find anything, we're done.
4516 if (Fns.empty())
4517 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004518
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004519 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4520 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004521 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004522 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004523 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = Fns.begin(),
4524 E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004525 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
4526 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4527
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004528 // C++ [over.over]p3:
4529 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl0defd762009-02-05 12:33:33 +00004530 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
4531 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004532 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
4533 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004534
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004535 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004536 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004537 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004538 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004539 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004540 // static when converting to member pointer.
4541 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
4542 continue;
4543 } else if (IsMember)
4544 continue;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004545
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004546 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004547 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4548 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4549 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4550 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004551 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004552 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004553 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4554 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4555 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004556 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate,
4557 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004558 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
4559 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4560 (void)Result;
4561 } else {
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004562 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
4563 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004564 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004565 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004566 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004567 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004568 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004569
4570 continue;
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004571 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004572
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004573 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004574 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
4575 // when converting to member pointer.
4576 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004577 continue;
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004578
4579 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
4580 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4581 continue;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004582 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004583 continue;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004584
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004585 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00004586 QualType ResultTy;
4587 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FunctionType, FunDecl->getType()) ||
4588 IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FunDecl->getType(), FunctionType,
4589 ResultTy)) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004590 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004591 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
4592 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004593 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004594 }
4595
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004596 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4597 if (Matches.empty())
4598 return 0;
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004599 else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
4600 FunctionDecl *Result = *Matches.begin();
4601 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4602 return Result;
4603 }
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004604
4605 // C++ [over.over]p4:
4606 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004607 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004608 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004609 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
4610 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
4611 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
4612 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
4613 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
4614
4615 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
4616 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
4617 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
4618 // best function template (if it exists).
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004619 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 8> TemplateMatches(Matches.begin(),
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004620 Matches.end());
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004621 FunctionDecl *Result =
4622 getMostSpecialized(TemplateMatches.data(), TemplateMatches.size(),
4623 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
4624 PDiag(),
4625 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4626 << TemplateMatches[0]->getDeclName(),
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004627 PDiag(diag::note_ovl_template_candidate));
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004628 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4629 return Result;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004630 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004631
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004632 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
4633 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
4634 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
4635 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
4636 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
4637 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
4638
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004639 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004640 // selected function.
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004641 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1) {
4642 FunctionDecl *Result = RemainingMatches.front();
4643 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4644 return Result;
4645 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004646
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004647 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
4648 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
4649 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4650 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
4651 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004652 NoteOverloadCandidate(RemainingMatches[I]);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004653 return 0;
4654}
4655
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00004656/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
4657/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
4658///
4659/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
4660/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
4661/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
4662/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
4663FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Expr *From) {
4664 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4665 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4666 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4667 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4668
4669 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4670 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4671 // operator.
4672 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4673 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4674 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4675 }
4676
4677 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
4678 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
4679
4680 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
4681
4682 // Look into the overloaded expression.
4683 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UL
4684 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4685 Fns.append(UL->decls_begin(), UL->decls_end());
4686 if (UL->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4687 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4688 UL->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4689 }
4690 } else if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *ME
4691 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4692 Fns.append(ME->decls_begin(), ME->decls_end());
4693 if (ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4694 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4695 ME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4696 }
4697 }
4698
4699 // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
4700 if (Fns.empty() || !HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4701 return 0;
4702
4703 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4704 // whose type matches exactly.
4705 FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
4706 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = Fns.begin(),
4707 E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4708 // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
4709 // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
4710 // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
4711 // specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
4712 // identifies a single function template specialization, then the
4713 // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
4714 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
4715
4716 // C++ [over.over]p2:
4717 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4718 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4719 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4720 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
4721 // overloaded functions considered.
4722 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
4723 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4724 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4725 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
4726 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4727 Specialization, Info)) {
4728 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4729 (void)Result;
4730 continue;
4731 }
4732
4733 // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
4734 if (Matched)
4735 return 0;
4736
4737 Matched = Specialization;
4738 }
4739
4740 return Matched;
4741}
4742
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004743/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
4744static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004745 NamedDecl *Callee,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004746 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004747 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4748 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4749 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004750 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
4751 Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
4752
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004753 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004754 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004755 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false, false,
4756 PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004757 return;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004758 }
4759
4760 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
4761 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004762 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004763 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004764 return;
4765 }
4766
4767 assert(false && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
4768
4769 // do nothing?
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004770}
4771
4772/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
4773/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004774void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004775 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4776 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4777 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004778
4779#ifndef NDEBUG
4780 // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
4781 // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004782 //
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004783 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
4784 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
4785 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
4786 //
4787 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
4788 //
4789 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004790 // using-declaration, or
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004791 //
4792 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
4793 // template
4794 //
4795 // then Y is empty.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004796
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004797 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
4798 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
4799 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4800 assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
4801 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
4802 !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
4803 assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004804 }
4805 }
4806#endif
4807
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004808 // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
4809 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
4810 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4811 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4812 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
4813 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
4814 }
4815
4816 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
4817 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004818 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, *I, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004819 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004820 PartialOverloading);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004821
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004822 if (ULE->requiresADL())
4823 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004824 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004825 CandidateSet,
4826 PartialOverloading);
4827}
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004828
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004829static Sema::OwningExprResult Destroy(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
4830 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
4831 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
4832 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4833 Args[Arg]->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
4834 return SemaRef.ExprError();
4835}
4836
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004837/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
4838///
4839/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004840static Sema::OwningExprResult
4841BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
4842 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
4843 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4844 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4845 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4846 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004847
4848 CXXScopeSpec SS;
4849 if (ULE->getQualifier()) {
4850 SS.setScopeRep(ULE->getQualifier());
4851 SS.setRange(ULE->getQualifierRange());
4852 }
4853
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004854 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
4855 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4856 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4857 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
4858 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
4859 }
4860
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004861 LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
4862 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004863 if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(/*Scope=*/0, SS, R))
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004864 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004865
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004866 assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
4867
4868 // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
4869 // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
4870 Sema::OwningExprResult NewFn = SemaRef.ExprError();
4871 if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
4872 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4873 else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
4874 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4875 else
4876 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
4877
4878 if (NewFn.isInvalid())
4879 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
4880
4881 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
4882
4883 // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
4884 // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
4885 // end up here.
4886 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, move(NewFn), LParenLoc,
4887 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, (void**) Args, NumArgs),
4888 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004889}
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004890
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004891/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004892/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
4893/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
4894/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
4895/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004896/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004897/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004898Sema::OwningExprResult
4899Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
4900 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4901 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4902 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4903 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4904#ifndef NDEBUG
4905 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
4906 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
4907 assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
4908
4909 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
4910 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
4911 FunctionDecl *F;
4912 if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
4913 (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
4914 F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
4915 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
4916
4917 // We don't perform ADL in C.
4918 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
4919 }
4920#endif
4921
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004922 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004923
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004924 // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
4925 // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
4926 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004927
4928 // If we found nothing, try to recover.
4929 // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
4930 // bailout out if it fails.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004931 if (CandidateSet.empty())
4932 return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
4933 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004934
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004935 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004936 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004937 case OR_Success: {
4938 FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
4939 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
4940 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
4941 }
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004942
4943 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004944 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004945 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004946 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004947 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4948 break;
4949
4950 case OR_Ambiguous:
4951 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004952 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004953 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4954 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004955
4956 case OR_Deleted:
4957 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
4958 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004959 << ULE->getName()
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004960 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4961 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4962 break;
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004963 }
4964
4965 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
4966 // return NULL.
4967 Fn->Destroy(Context);
4968 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4969 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004970 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004971}
4972
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00004973static bool IsOverloaded(const Sema::FunctionSet &Functions) {
4974 return Functions.size() > 1 ||
4975 (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
4976}
4977
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004978/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4979/// operator.
4980///
4981/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
4982///
4983/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4984/// operator.
4985///
4986/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4987/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4988/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4989/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4990/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4991/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
4992///
4993/// \param input The input argument.
4994Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4995 unsigned OpcIn,
4996 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004997 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004998 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4999 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
5000
5001 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5002 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
5003 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5004
5005 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
5006 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005007
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005008 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
5009 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
5010 // post-decrement.
5011 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
5012 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005013 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005014 SourceLocation());
5015 NumArgs = 2;
5016 }
5017
5018 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005019 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005020 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true,
5021 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005022 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Functions));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005023 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005024 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
5025 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005026 Fn->addDecl(*Func);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005027
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005028 input.release();
5029 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
5030 &Args[0], NumArgs,
5031 Context.DependentTy,
5032 OpLoc));
5033 }
5034
5035 // Build an empty overload set.
5036 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5037
5038 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
5039 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
5040
5041 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5042 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
5043
5044 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005045 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005046
5047 // Perform overload resolution.
5048 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005049 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005050 case OR_Success: {
5051 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5052 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005053
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005054 if (FnDecl) {
5055 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5056 // operator.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005057
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005058 // Convert the arguments.
5059 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
5060 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
5061 return ExprError();
5062 } else {
5063 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore1a5c172009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005064 OwningExprResult InputInit
5065 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Douglas Gregorbaecfed2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005066 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
Douglas Gregore1a5c172009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005067 SourceLocation(),
5068 move(input));
5069 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005070 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbaecfed2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005071
Douglas Gregore1a5c172009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005072 input = move(InputInit);
Douglas Gregorbaecfed2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005073 Input = (Expr *)input.get();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005074 }
5075
5076 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005077 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005078
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005079 // Build the actual expression node.
5080 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5081 SourceLocation());
5082 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005083
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005084 input.release();
Eli Friedman4c3b8962009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005085 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005086 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
5087 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman4c3b8962009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005088 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005089
5090 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5091 FnDecl))
5092 return ExprError();
5093
5094 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005095 } else {
5096 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5097 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5098 // operator node.
5099 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005100 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005101 return ExprError();
5102
5103 break;
5104 }
5105 }
5106
5107 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5108 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
5109 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
5110 break;
5111
5112 case OR_Ambiguous:
5113 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5114 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5115 << Input->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005116 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
5117 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005118 return ExprError();
5119
5120 case OR_Deleted:
5121 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5122 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5123 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5124 << Input->getSourceRange();
5125 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5126 return ExprError();
5127 }
5128
5129 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
5130 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
5131 // build a built-in operation.
5132 input.release();
5133 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
5134}
5135
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005136/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5137/// operator.
5138///
5139/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
5140///
5141/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5142/// operator.
5143///
5144/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5145/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5146/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5147/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5148/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5149/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
5150///
5151/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
5152/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005153Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005154Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005155 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005156 FunctionSet &Functions,
5157 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005158 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005159 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005160
5161 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5162 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5163 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5164
5165 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5166 // expression.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005167 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005168 if (Functions.empty()) {
5169 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
5170 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
5171 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
5172 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5173 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
5174
5175 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5176 Context.DependentTy,
5177 Context.DependentTy,
5178 Context.DependentTy,
5179 OpLoc));
5180 }
5181
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005182 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005183 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true,
5184 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005185 /* ADL */ true, IsOverloaded(Functions));
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005186
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005187 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005188 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
5189 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005190 Fn->addDecl(*Func);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005191
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005192 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005193 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005194 Context.DependentTy,
5195 OpLoc));
5196 }
5197
5198 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
5199 // create a built-in binary operator.
5200 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005201 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005202
Sebastian Redl275c2b42009-11-18 23:10:33 +00005203 // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
5204 // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
5205 // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
5206 // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
5207 // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
5208 // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
5209 if (Opc==BinaryOperator::Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005210 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005211
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005212 // Build an empty overload set.
5213 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005214
5215 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
5216 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
5217
5218 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5219 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5220
5221 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005222 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005223
5224 // Perform overload resolution.
5225 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005226 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00005227 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005228 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5229 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5230
5231 if (FnDecl) {
5232 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5233 // operator.
5234
5235 // Convert the arguments.
5236 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005237 OwningExprResult Arg1
5238 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5239 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5240 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
5241 SourceLocation(),
5242 Owned(Args[1]));
5243 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005244 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005245
5246 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method))
5247 return ExprError();
5248
5249 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005250 } else {
5251 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005252 OwningExprResult Arg0
5253 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5254 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5255 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
5256 SourceLocation(),
5257 Owned(Args[0]));
5258 if (Arg0.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005259 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005260
5261 OwningExprResult Arg1
5262 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5263 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5264 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
5265 SourceLocation(),
5266 Owned(Args[1]));
5267 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
5268 return ExprError();
5269 Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
5270 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005271 }
5272
5273 // Determine the result type
5274 QualType ResultTy
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005275 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005276 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5277
5278 // Build the actual expression node.
5279 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81273092009-07-14 03:19:38 +00005280 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005281 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5282
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005283 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5284 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
5285 Args, 2, ResultTy,
5286 OpLoc));
5287
5288 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5289 FnDecl))
5290 return ExprError();
5291
5292 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005293 } else {
5294 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5295 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5296 // operator node.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005297 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005298 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005299 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005300 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005301 return ExprError();
5302
5303 break;
5304 }
5305 }
5306
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005307 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
5308 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
5309 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
5310 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
5311 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
5312 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
5313 break;
5314
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005315 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
5316 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
5317 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005318 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
5319 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
5320 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005321 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
5322 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005323 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005324 } else {
5325 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
5326 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
5327 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005328 }
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005329 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
5330 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
5331 if (Result.isInvalid())
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005332 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
5333 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005334 return move(Result);
5335 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005336
5337 case OR_Ambiguous:
5338 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5339 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005340 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005341 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
5342 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005343 return ExprError();
5344
5345 case OR_Deleted:
5346 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5347 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5348 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005349 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005350 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5351 return ExprError();
5352 }
5353
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005354 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005355 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005356}
5357
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005358Action::OwningExprResult
5359Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
5360 SourceLocation RLoc,
5361 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
5362 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
5363 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
5364 DeclarationName OpName =
5365 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
5366
5367 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5368 // expression.
5369 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
5370
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005371 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005372 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true,
5373 0, SourceRange(), OpName, LLoc,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005374 /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005375 // Can't add any actual overloads yet
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005376
5377 Base.release();
5378 Idx.release();
5379 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
5380 Args, 2,
5381 Context.DependentTy,
5382 RLoc));
5383 }
5384
5385 // Build an empty overload set.
5386 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5387
5388 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
5389
5390 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5391 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5392
5393 // Add builtin operator candidates.
5394 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5395
5396 // Perform overload resolution.
5397 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5398 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
5399 case OR_Success: {
5400 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5401 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5402
5403 if (FnDecl) {
5404 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5405 // operator.
5406
5407 // Convert the arguments.
5408 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
5409 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
5410 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1],
5411 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005412 AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005413 return ExprError();
5414
5415 // Determine the result type
5416 QualType ResultTy
5417 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5418 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5419
5420 // Build the actual expression node.
5421 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5422 LLoc);
5423 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5424
5425 Base.release();
5426 Idx.release();
5427 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5428 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
5429 FnExpr, Args, 2,
5430 ResultTy, RLoc));
5431
5432 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
5433 FnDecl))
5434 return ExprError();
5435
5436 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
5437 } else {
5438 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5439 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5440 // operator node.
5441 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005442 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005443 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005444 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005445 return ExprError();
5446
5447 break;
5448 }
5449 }
5450
5451 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
John McCall1eb3e102010-01-07 02:04:15 +00005452 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5453 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
5454 << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
5455 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5456 else
5457 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
5458 << Args[0]->getType()
5459 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5460 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
5461 "[]", LLoc);
5462 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005463 }
5464
5465 case OR_Ambiguous:
5466 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5467 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5468 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
5469 "[]", LLoc);
5470 return ExprError();
5471
5472 case OR_Deleted:
5473 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5474 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
5475 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5476 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5477 return ExprError();
5478 }
5479
5480 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
5481 Base.release();
5482 Idx.release();
5483 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
5484 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
5485}
5486
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005487/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
5488/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
5489/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
5490/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
5491/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
5492/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
5493/// function.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005494Sema::OwningExprResult
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005495Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
5496 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005497 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5498 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5499 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
5500 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005501 Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
5502
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005503 MemberExpr *MemExpr;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005504 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005505 if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
5506 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005507 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
5508 } else {
5509 UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005510
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005511 QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005512
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005513 // Add overload candidates
5514 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005515
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005516 // FIXME: avoid copy.
5517 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
5518 if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5519 UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
5520 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
5521 }
5522
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005523 for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
5524 E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5525
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005526 NamedDecl *Func = *I;
5527 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
5528 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
5529 Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
5530
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005531 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005532 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
5533 // non-template member function.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005534 if (TemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005535 continue;
5536
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005537 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ActingDC, ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
5538 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005539 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005540 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005541 ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
5542 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005543 CandidateSet,
5544 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005545 }
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005546 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005547
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005548 DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
5549
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005550 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005551 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, UnresExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005552 case OR_Success:
5553 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
5554 break;
5555
5556 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005557 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005558 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005559 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005560 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5561 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005562 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005563
5564 case OR_Ambiguous:
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005565 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005566 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005567 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5568 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005569 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005570
5571 case OR_Deleted:
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005572 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005573 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005574 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005575 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5576 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005577 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005578 }
5579
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00005580 MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, Method);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005581
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005582 // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
5583 // non-member call based on that function.
5584 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5585 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
5586 Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
5587 }
5588
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005589 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005590 }
5591
5592 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005593 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005594 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005595 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005596 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
5597 RParenLoc));
5598
Anders Carlssoneed3e692009-10-10 00:06:20 +00005599 // Check for a valid return type.
5600 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
5601 TheCall.get(), Method))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005602 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssoneed3e692009-10-10 00:06:20 +00005603
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005604 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005605 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005606 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005607 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005608 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005609 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
5610
5611 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005612 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005613 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005614 RParenLoc))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005615 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005616
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005617 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005618 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson6f680272009-08-16 03:42:12 +00005619
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005620 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005621}
5622
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005623/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
5624/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
5625/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
5626/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005627Sema::ExprResult
5628Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +00005629 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005630 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005631 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005632 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5633 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005634 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005635
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005636 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
5637 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00005638 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005639 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
5640 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
5641 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
5642 // (E).operator().
5643 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005644 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregor593564b2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00005645
5646 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
5647 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
5648 << Object->getSourceRange()))
5649 return true;
5650
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005651 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
5652 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
5653 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5654
Douglas Gregor593564b2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00005655 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005656 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005657 AddMethodCandidate(*Oper, Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00005658 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005659 }
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005660
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005661 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
5662 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
5663 // form
5664 //
5665 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
5666 //
5667 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
5668 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregora967a6f2008-11-20 13:33:37 +00005669 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
5670 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
5671 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
5672 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005673 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
5674 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
5675 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
5676 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
5677 // within T by another intervening declaration.
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005678 // FIXME: Look in base classes for more conversion operators!
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005679 const UnresolvedSet *Conversions
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005680 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getConversionFunctions();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005681 for (UnresolvedSet::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
5682 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005683 NamedDecl *D = *I;
5684 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
5685 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
5686 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
5687
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005688 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
5689 // surrogates.
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005690 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005691 continue;
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005692
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005693 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005694
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005695 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
5696 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
5697 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5698 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5699 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005700
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005701 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005702 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, ActingContext, Proto,
5703 Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs,
5704 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005705 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005706
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005707 // Perform overload resolution.
5708 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005709 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005710 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005711 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
5712 // below.
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005713 break;
5714
5715 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall1eb3e102010-01-07 02:04:15 +00005716 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5717 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
5718 << Object->getType() << /*call*/ 1
5719 << Object->getSourceRange();
5720 else
5721 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5722 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
5723 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redle4c452c2008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005724 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005725 break;
5726
5727 case OR_Ambiguous:
5728 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5729 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005730 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005731 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5732 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005733
5734 case OR_Deleted:
5735 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5736 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
5737 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5738 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
5739 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5740 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005741 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005742
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005743 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005744 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
5745 // the error.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005746 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005747 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005748 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005749 return true;
5750 }
5751
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005752 if (Best->Function == 0) {
5753 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
5754 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005755 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005756 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
5757 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
5758
5759 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
5760 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
5761 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005762
5763 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005764 // and then call it.
Eli Friedmanc8c771e2009-12-09 04:52:43 +00005765 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Conv);
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005766
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005767 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005768 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
5769 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005770 }
5771
5772 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
5773 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
5774 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
5775 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005776 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005777
5778 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5779 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
5780
5781 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
5782 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
5783 // list).
5784 Expr **MethodArgs;
5785 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
5786 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5787 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
5788 } else {
5789 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
5790 }
5791 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
5792 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
5793 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005794
5795 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005796 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005797 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
5798
5799 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
5800 // owned.
5801 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005802 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5803 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005804 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005805 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005806 delete [] MethodArgs;
5807
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00005808 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
5809 Method))
5810 return true;
5811
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005812 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
5813 // slots in the call for them.
5814 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005815 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005816 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
5817 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5818
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005819 bool IsError = false;
5820
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005821 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005822 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005823 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
5824
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005825
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005826 // Check the argument types.
5827 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005828 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005829 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005830 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005831
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005832 // Pass the argument.
5833 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005834 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, AA_Passing);
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005835 } else {
Douglas Gregord47c47d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00005836 OwningExprResult DefArg
5837 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
5838 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
5839 IsError = true;
5840 break;
5841 }
5842
5843 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005844 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005845
5846 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5847 }
5848
5849 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
5850 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
5851 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
5852 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
5853 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005854 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005855 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5856 }
5857 }
5858
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005859 if (IsError) return true;
5860
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005861 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5862 return true;
5863
Anders Carlssona303f9e2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00005864 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005865}
5866
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005867/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005868/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005869/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005870Sema::OwningExprResult
5871Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5872 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005873 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005874
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005875 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
5876 //
5877 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
5878 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
5879 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
5880 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005881 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
5882 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005883 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005884
Eli Friedmanf43fb722009-11-18 01:28:03 +00005885 if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getLocStart(), Base->getType(),
5886 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
5887 << Base->getSourceRange()))
5888 return ExprError();
5889
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005890 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
5891 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
5892 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005893
5894 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005895 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
5896 NamedDecl *D = *Oper;
5897 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
5898 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
5899 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
5900
5901 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), ActingContext,
5902 Base->getType(), 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005903 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005904 }
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005905
5906 // Perform overload resolution.
5907 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005908 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005909 case OR_Success:
5910 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
5911 break;
5912
5913 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5914 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5915 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005916 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005917 else
5918 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005919 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005920 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005921 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005922
5923 case OR_Ambiguous:
5924 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005925 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005926 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005927 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005928
5929 case OR_Deleted:
5930 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5931 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005932 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005933 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005934 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005935 }
5936
5937 // Convert the object parameter.
5938 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005939 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005940 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005941
5942 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005943 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005944
5945 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005946 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
5947 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005948 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005949
5950 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
5951 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5952 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
5953 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5954
5955 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5956 Method))
5957 return ExprError();
5958 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005959}
5960
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005961/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
5962/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
5963/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
5964/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005965/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
5966Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005967 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00005968 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5969 if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
5970 return PE->Retain();
5971
5972 return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
5973 }
5974
5975 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5976 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005977 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00005978 SubExpr->getType()) &&
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005979 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00005980 if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
5981 return ICE->Retain();
5982
5983 return new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(ICE->getType(),
5984 ICE->getCastKind(),
5985 SubExpr,
5986 ICE->isLvalueCast());
5987 }
5988
5989 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005990 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005991 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005992 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
5993 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5994 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
5995 // from non-member functions.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005996 } else {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005997 // Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
5998 // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
5999 // or template.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006000 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
6001 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6002 return UnOp->Retain();
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006003
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006004 assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
6005 && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
6006 assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
6007 && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
6008
6009 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
6010 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
6011 // appropriate pointer to member type.
6012 QualType ClassType
6013 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
6014 QualType MemPtrType
6015 = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
6016
6017 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6018 MemPtrType, UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006019 }
6020 }
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006021 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
6022 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6023 return UnOp->Retain();
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006024
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006025 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6026 Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
6027 UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006028 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006029
6030 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006031 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6032 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006033 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006034 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6035 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006036 }
6037
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006038 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6039 ULE->getQualifier(),
6040 ULE->getQualifierRange(),
6041 Fn,
6042 ULE->getNameLoc(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006043 Fn->getType(),
6044 TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006045 }
6046
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006047 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006048 // FIXME: avoid copy.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006049 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6050 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6051 MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6052 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6053 }
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006054
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006055 Expr *Base;
6056
6057 // If we're filling in
6058 if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
6059 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
6060 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6061 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6062 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6063 Fn,
6064 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6065 Fn->getType(),
6066 TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00006067 } else {
6068 SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
6069 if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
6070 Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierRange().getBegin();
6071 Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
6072 MemExpr->getBaseType(),
6073 /*isImplicit=*/true);
6074 }
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006075 } else
6076 Base = MemExpr->getBase()->Retain();
6077
6078 return MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006079 MemExpr->isArrow(),
6080 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6081 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6082 Fn,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006083 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006084 TemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006085 Fn->getType());
6086 }
6087
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006088 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
6089 return E->Retain();
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006090}
6091
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006092Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(OwningExprResult E,
6093 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
6094 return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Fn));
6095}
6096
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006097} // end namespace clang